Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1530:05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
This changes the meaning of
auto class MyClass {} and
auto MyClass ident;
Both have been made an error to prevent accidents.
| author | Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de> |
|---|---|
| date | Sun, 12 Jul 2009 16:15:21 +0200 |
| parents | df11cdec45a2 |
| children | def7a1d494fd |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 159 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
18 #ifdef __DMC__ |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
19 #include <math.h> |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
20 #else |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <cmath> |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
22 #endif |
| 159 | 23 |
| 24 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 25 #include <assert.h> | |
| 26 #include <float.h> | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #endif |
| 37 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "rmem.h" |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "port.h" |
| 159 | 40 |
| 41 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 42 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 43 #include "scope.h" | |
| 44 #include "init.h" | |
| 45 #include "expression.h" | |
| 46 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 47 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 48 #include "template.h" | |
| 49 #include "id.h" | |
| 50 #include "enum.h" | |
| 51 #include "import.h" | |
| 52 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 53 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 54 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
55 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
56 //#include "gen/tollvm.h" |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
57 Ir* Type::sir = NULL; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
58 unsigned GetTypeAlignment(Ir* ir, Type* t); |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
59 #endif |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
60 |
| 159 | 61 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); |
| 62 | |
| 63 | |
| 64 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 65 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 66 | |
| 67 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 68 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 69 | |
| 70 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 71 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 72 */ | |
| 73 | |
| 74 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
75 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
76 /* REALSIZE = size a real consumes in memory |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
77 * REALPAD = 'padding' added to the CPU real size to bring it up to REALSIZE |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
78 * REALALIGNSIZE = alignment for reals |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
79 */ |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
80 #if TARGET_OSX |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
81 int REALSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
82 int REALPAD = 6; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
83 int REALALIGNSIZE = 16; |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
84 #elif TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_FREEBSD || TARGET_SOLARIS |
| 159 | 85 int REALSIZE = 12; |
| 86 int REALPAD = 2; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
87 int REALALIGNSIZE = 4; |
| 159 | 88 #else |
| 89 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 90 int REALPAD = 0; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
91 int REALALIGNSIZE = 2; |
| 159 | 92 #endif |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
93 |
| 159 | 94 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
| 95 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 96 | |
|
1393
04177061f98d
Patch to allow compiling LDC with MinGW, by `mp4 / [1]jaffa` (slightly edited).
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1367
diff
changeset
|
97 #if _WIN32 && !defined __MINGW32__ |
|
1257
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
98 static double zero = 0; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
99 double Port::nan = NAN; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
100 double Port::infinity = 1/zero; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
101 #endif |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
102 |
| 159 | 103 /***************************** Type *****************************/ |
| 104 | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 106 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 107 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 108 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 109 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 110 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 111 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 112 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 113 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 114 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 115 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 116 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 117 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 118 | |
| 119 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 120 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 121 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 122 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 123 | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
124 #if IN_LLVM |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
125 StringTable Type::deco_stringtable; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
126 #endif |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
127 |
| 159 | 128 |
| 129 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 130 { | |
| 131 this->ty = ty; | |
| 132 this->mod = 0; | |
| 133 this->next = next; | |
| 134 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 135 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 136 this->cto = NULL; |
| 137 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 138 #endif | |
| 139 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 140 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 141 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 142 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
143 #if IN_DMD |
| 159 | 144 this->ctype = NULL; |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
145 #endif |
|
1192
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
146 |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
147 #if IN_LLVM |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
148 this->irtype = NULL; |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
149 #endif |
| 159 | 150 } |
| 151 | |
| 152 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 153 { | |
| 154 print(); | |
| 155 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 156 assert(0); | |
| 157 return this; | |
| 158 } | |
| 159 | |
| 160 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 161 { Type *t; | |
| 162 | |
| 163 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 164 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 165 if (this == o || | |
| 166 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 167 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 168 { | |
| 169 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 170 return 1; | |
| 171 } | |
| 172 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 173 return 0; | |
| 174 } | |
| 175 | |
| 176 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 177 { | |
| 178 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 179 } | |
| 180 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
181 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
182 void Type::init(Ir* _sir) |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
183 #else |
| 159 | 184 void Type::init() |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
185 #endif |
| 159 | 186 { int i; |
| 187 int j; | |
| 188 | |
| 189 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 190 | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 197 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 198 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 202 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 203 | |
| 204 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 205 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 208 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 210 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 211 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 212 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 213 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 214 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 216 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 217 | |
| 218 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 219 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 220 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 221 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 222 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 223 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 224 | |
| 225 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 226 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 227 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 228 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 229 | |
| 230 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 231 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 232 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 233 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 234 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 235 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
236 mangleChar[Treturn] = '@'; |
| 159 | 237 |
| 238 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 239 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 240 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 241 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 242 } | |
| 243 | |
| 244 // Set basic types | |
| 245 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 246 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 247 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 248 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 249 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 250 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 251 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 252 | |
| 253 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 254 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 255 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 256 | |
| 257 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 258 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
259 // LDC |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
260 sir = _sir; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
261 |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
262 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 263 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 264 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
265 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
266 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 268 } |
| 269 else | |
| 270 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
271 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
272 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
273 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
274 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
275 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
276 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
277 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
278 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
279 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
280 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
281 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
282 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
283 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
284 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
285 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
286 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
287 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
288 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
289 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
290 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 291 } |
| 292 } | |
| 293 | |
| 294 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 295 { | |
| 296 return size(0); | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 | |
| 299 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 300 { | |
| 301 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 302 return 1; | |
| 303 } | |
| 304 | |
| 305 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 306 { | |
| 307 return size(0); | |
| 308 } | |
| 309 | |
| 310 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 311 { | |
| 312 if (next) | |
| 313 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 314 return merge(); | |
| 315 } | |
| 316 | |
| 317 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 318 { | |
| 319 if (!pto) | |
| 320 { Type *t; | |
| 321 | |
| 322 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 323 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 324 } | |
| 325 return pto; | |
| 326 } | |
| 327 | |
| 328 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 329 { | |
| 330 if (!rto) | |
| 331 { Type *t; | |
| 332 | |
| 333 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 334 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 335 } | |
| 336 return rto; | |
| 337 } | |
| 338 | |
| 339 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 340 { | |
| 341 if (!arrayof) | |
| 342 { Type *t; | |
| 343 | |
| 344 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 345 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 346 } | |
| 347 return arrayof; | |
| 348 } | |
| 349 | |
| 350 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 351 { | |
| 352 return NULL; | |
| 353 } | |
| 354 | |
| 355 /******************************* | |
| 356 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 357 * get that other type. | |
| 358 */ | |
| 359 | |
| 360 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 361 { | |
| 362 return this; | |
| 363 } | |
| 364 | |
| 365 /******************************** | |
| 366 * Name mangling. | |
| 367 */ | |
| 368 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
369 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 370 { |
| 371 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 372 if (next) | |
| 373 { | |
| 374 assert(next != this); | |
| 375 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
376 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 377 } |
| 378 } | |
| 379 | |
| 380 /******************************** | |
| 381 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 382 */ | |
| 383 | |
| 384 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 385 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 386 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 387 | |
| 388 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 389 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 390 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 391 } | |
| 392 | |
| 393 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 396 if (ident) | |
| 397 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 398 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 399 } | |
| 400 } | |
| 401 | |
| 402 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 403 { | |
| 404 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 405 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 406 return; | |
| 407 } | |
| 408 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 409 } | |
| 410 | |
| 411 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 412 { | |
| 413 if (mod != this->mod) | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
414 { const char *p; |
| 159 | 415 |
| 416 switch (this->mod) | |
| 417 { | |
| 418 case 0: | |
| 419 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 420 break; | |
| 421 case MODconst: | |
| 422 p = "const("; | |
| 423 goto L1; | |
| 424 case MODinvariant: | |
| 425 p = "invariant("; | |
| 426 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 427 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 428 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 429 break; | |
| 430 default: | |
| 431 assert(0); | |
| 432 } | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 } | |
| 435 | |
| 436 | |
| 437 /************************************ | |
| 438 */ | |
| 439 | |
| 440 Type *Type::merge() | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
441 { |
| 159 | 442 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
443 Type *t = this; |
| 159 | 444 assert(t); |
| 445 if (!deco) | |
| 446 { | |
| 447 if (next) | |
| 448 next = next->merge(); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
449 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
450 OutBuffer buf; |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
451 toDecoBuffer(&buf, false); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
452 StringValue *sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); |
| 159 | 453 if (sv->ptrvalue) |
| 454 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 455 assert(t->deco); | |
| 456 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 457 } | |
| 458 else | |
| 459 { | |
| 460 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
461 |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
462 // we still need deco strings to be unique |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
463 // or Type::equals fails, which breaks a bunch of stuff, |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
464 // like covariant member function overloads. |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
465 OutBuffer mangle; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
466 toDecoBuffer(&mangle, true); |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
467 StringValue* sv2 = deco_stringtable.update((char *)mangle.data, mangle.offset); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
468 if (sv2->ptrvalue) |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
469 { Type* t2 = (Type *) sv2->ptrvalue; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
470 assert(t2->deco); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
471 deco = t2->deco; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
472 } |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
473 else |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
474 { |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
475 sv2->ptrvalue = this; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
476 deco = (char *)sv2->lstring.string; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
477 } |
| 159 | 478 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); |
| 479 } | |
| 480 } | |
| 481 return t; | |
| 482 } | |
| 483 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
484 /************************************* |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
485 * This version does a merge even if the deco is already computed. |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
486 * Necessary for types that have a deco, but are not merged. |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
487 */ |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
488 Type *Type::merge2() |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
489 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
490 //printf("merge2(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
491 Type *t = this; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
492 assert(t); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
493 if (!t->deco) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
494 return t->merge(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
495 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
496 StringValue *sv = deco_stringtable.lookup((char *)t->deco, strlen(t->deco)); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
497 if (sv && sv->ptrvalue) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
498 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
499 assert(t->deco); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
500 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
501 else |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
502 assert(0); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
503 return t; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
504 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
505 |
| 159 | 506 int Type::isbit() |
| 507 { | |
| 508 return FALSE; | |
| 509 } | |
| 510 | |
| 511 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 return FALSE; | |
| 514 } | |
| 515 | |
| 516 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 517 { | |
| 518 return FALSE; | |
| 519 } | |
| 520 | |
| 521 int Type::isreal() | |
| 522 { | |
| 523 return FALSE; | |
| 524 } | |
| 525 | |
| 526 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 527 { | |
| 528 return FALSE; | |
| 529 } | |
| 530 | |
| 531 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 532 { | |
| 533 return FALSE; | |
| 534 } | |
| 535 | |
| 536 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 537 { | |
| 538 return FALSE; | |
| 539 } | |
| 540 | |
| 541 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 542 { | |
| 543 return FALSE; | |
| 544 } | |
| 545 | |
| 546 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 547 { | |
| 548 return NULL; | |
| 549 } | |
| 550 | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
551 int Type::isscope() |
| 159 | 552 { |
| 553 return FALSE; | |
| 554 } | |
| 555 | |
| 556 int Type::isString() | |
| 557 { | |
| 558 return FALSE; | |
| 559 } | |
| 560 | |
| 561 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 562 { | |
| 563 return isscalar(); | |
| 564 } | |
| 565 | |
| 566 /********************************* | |
| 567 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 568 */ | |
| 569 | |
| 570 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 571 { | |
| 572 Type *t; | |
| 573 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 574 | |
| 575 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 576 { | |
| 577 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 578 if (s) | |
| 579 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 580 } | |
| 581 } | |
| 582 | |
| 583 | |
| 584 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 585 { | |
| 586 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 587 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 588 #endif | |
| 589 return NULL; | |
| 590 } | |
| 591 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
592 int Type::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 593 { |
| 594 return 0; // assume not | |
| 595 } | |
| 596 | |
| 597 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 598 { | |
| 599 return 0; // assume not | |
| 600 } | |
| 601 | |
| 602 /******************************** | |
| 603 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 604 * to type 'to'. | |
| 605 * Returns: | |
| 606 * 0 can't convert | |
| 607 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 608 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 609 */ | |
| 610 | |
| 611 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 612 { | |
| 613 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 614 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 615 if (this == to) | |
| 616 return MATCHexact; | |
| 617 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 618 // return 1; | |
| 619 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 620 } | |
| 621 | |
| 622 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 623 { Expression *e; | |
| 624 | |
| 625 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 626 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 627 #endif | |
| 628 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 629 { | |
| 630 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 631 } | |
| 632 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 633 { | |
| 634 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 635 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 636 } | |
| 637 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 638 { | |
| 639 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 640 } | |
| 641 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 642 { | |
| 643 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 644 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 645 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 646 } | |
| 647 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 648 { | |
| 649 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 650 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 651 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 652 } | |
| 653 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
654 { const char *s; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
655 if (!deco) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
656 { s = toChars(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
657 error(loc, "forward reference of type %s.mangleof", s); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
658 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
659 else |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
660 s = deco; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
661 e = new StringExp(loc, (char *)s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
| 159 | 662 Scope sc; |
| 663 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 664 } | |
| 665 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 666 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 667 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 668 Scope sc; | |
| 669 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 670 } | |
| 671 else | |
| 672 { | |
| 673 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 674 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 675 } | |
| 676 return e; | |
| 677 } | |
| 678 | |
| 679 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 680 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 681 | |
| 682 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 683 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 684 #endif | |
| 685 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 686 { | |
| 687 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 688 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 689 } | |
| 690 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 691 { | |
| 692 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 693 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 694 } | |
| 695 if (v) | |
| 696 { | |
| 697 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 698 { | |
| 699 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 700 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 701 goto Loffset; | |
| 702 } | |
| 703 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 704 { | |
| 705 Loffset: | |
| 706 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 707 { | |
| 708 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 709 return e; | |
| 710 } | |
| 711 } | |
| 712 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 713 { | |
| 714 #if 0 | |
| 715 if (v->init) | |
| 716 { | |
| 717 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 718 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 719 else | |
| 720 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 721 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 722 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 723 { | |
| 724 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 725 | |
| 726 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 727 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 728 */ | |
| 729 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 730 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 731 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 732 { | |
| 733 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 734 } | |
| 735 } | |
| 736 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 737 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 738 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 739 } | |
| 740 return e; | |
| 741 } | |
| 742 #endif | |
| 743 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 744 return ex; | |
| 745 } | |
| 746 } | |
| 747 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 748 { | |
| 749 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 750 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 751 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 752 return e; | |
| 753 } | |
| 754 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 755 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 756 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 757 Scope sc; | |
| 758 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 759 return e; | |
| 760 } | |
| 761 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 762 } | |
| 763 | |
| 764 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 765 { | |
| 766 return salign; | |
| 767 } | |
| 768 | |
| 769 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 770 { | |
| 771 va_list ap; | |
| 772 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 773 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 774 va_end( ap ); | |
| 775 } | |
| 776 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
777 void Type::warning(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
778 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
779 if (global.params.warnings && !global.gag) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
780 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
781 va_list ap; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
782 va_start(ap, format); |
|
1124
e7f0c2b48047
Fix a bug where ::warning() was called with a va_list argument instead of an
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
783 ::vwarning(loc, format, ap); |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
784 va_end( ap ); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
785 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
786 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
787 |
| 159 | 788 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) |
| 789 { | |
| 790 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 791 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 792 Identifier *id; | |
| 793 char *name; | |
| 794 int len; | |
| 795 | |
| 796 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 797 if (internal) | |
| 798 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 799 if (ty == Tarray) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
800 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[((TypeArray *)this)->next->ty]); |
| 159 | 801 } |
| 802 else | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
803 toDecoBuffer(&buf, true); |
| 159 | 804 len = buf.offset; |
| 805 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 806 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 807 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
808 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
809 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
810 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
811 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 812 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 813 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 814 return id; | |
| 815 } | |
| 816 | |
| 817 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 818 { | |
| 819 return NULL; | |
| 820 } | |
| 821 | |
| 822 | |
| 823 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 824 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
825 //printf("Type::resolve() %s, %d\n", toChars(), ty); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
826 Type *t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 827 *pt = t; |
| 828 *pe = NULL; | |
| 829 *ps = NULL; | |
| 830 } | |
| 831 | |
| 832 /******************************* | |
| 833 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 834 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 835 */ | |
| 836 | |
| 837 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 838 { | |
| 839 if (!next) | |
| 840 return NULL; | |
| 841 else | |
| 842 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 843 } | |
| 844 | |
| 845 /******************************** | |
| 846 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 847 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 848 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 849 */ | |
| 850 | |
| 851 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 852 { | |
| 853 return NULL; | |
| 854 } | |
| 855 | |
| 856 /*************************************** | |
| 857 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 858 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 859 */ | |
| 860 | |
| 861 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 862 { | |
| 863 return FALSE; | |
| 864 } | |
| 865 | |
| 866 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 867 | |
| 868 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 869 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
870 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
871 const char *d; |
| 159 | 872 unsigned flags; |
| 873 | |
| 874 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 875 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 876 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 877 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 878 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 879 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 880 | |
| 881 flags = 0; | |
| 882 switch (ty) | |
| 883 { | |
| 884 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 885 c = "void"; | |
| 886 break; | |
| 887 | |
| 888 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 889 c = "byte"; | |
| 890 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 891 break; | |
| 892 | |
| 893 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 894 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 895 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 896 break; | |
| 897 | |
| 898 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 899 c = "short"; | |
| 900 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 901 break; | |
| 902 | |
| 903 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 904 c = "ushort"; | |
| 905 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 906 break; | |
| 907 | |
| 908 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 909 c = "int"; | |
| 910 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 911 break; | |
| 912 | |
| 913 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 914 c = "uint"; | |
| 915 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 916 break; | |
| 917 | |
| 918 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 919 c = "float"; | |
| 920 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 921 break; | |
| 922 | |
| 923 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 924 c = "long"; | |
| 925 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 926 break; | |
| 927 | |
| 928 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 929 c = "ulong"; | |
| 930 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 931 break; | |
| 932 | |
| 933 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 934 c = "double"; | |
| 935 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 936 break; | |
| 937 | |
| 938 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 939 c = "real"; | |
| 940 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 941 break; | |
| 942 | |
| 943 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 944 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 945 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 946 break; | |
| 947 | |
| 948 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 949 c = "idouble"; | |
| 950 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 951 break; | |
| 952 | |
| 953 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 954 c = "ireal"; | |
| 955 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 956 break; | |
| 957 | |
| 958 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 959 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 960 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 961 break; | |
| 962 | |
| 963 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 964 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 965 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 966 break; | |
| 967 | |
| 968 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 969 c = "creal"; | |
| 970 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 971 break; | |
| 972 | |
| 973 | |
| 974 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 975 c = "bit"; | |
| 976 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 977 break; | |
| 978 | |
| 979 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 980 c = d; | |
| 981 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 982 break; | |
| 983 | |
| 984 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 985 c = "char"; | |
| 986 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 987 break; | |
| 988 | |
| 989 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 990 c = "wchar"; | |
| 991 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 992 break; | |
| 993 | |
| 994 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 995 c = "dchar"; | |
| 996 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 997 break; | |
| 998 | |
| 999 default: assert(0); | |
| 1000 } | |
| 1001 this->dstring = d; | |
| 1002 this->cstring = c; | |
| 1003 this->flags = flags; | |
| 1004 merge(); | |
| 1005 } | |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1008 { | |
| 1009 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 1010 return this; | |
| 1011 } | |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 1015 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
1016 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 1017 } |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1020 { | |
| 1021 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 1022 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1023 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1024 return; | |
| 1025 } | |
| 1026 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 1027 } | |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 1030 { unsigned size; | |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 1033 switch (ty) | |
| 1034 { | |
| 1035 case Tint8: | |
| 1036 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 1037 case Tint16: | |
| 1038 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 1039 case Tint32: | |
| 1040 case Tuns32: | |
| 1041 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1042 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1043 size = 4; break; | |
| 1044 case Tint64: | |
| 1045 case Tuns64: | |
| 1046 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1047 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1048 size = 8; break; | |
| 1049 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1050 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1051 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 1052 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1053 size = 8; break; | |
| 1054 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1055 size = 16; break; | |
| 1056 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1057 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 case Tvoid: | |
| 1060 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 1061 size = 1; | |
| 1062 break; | |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 1065 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 1066 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 1067 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 1068 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 default: | |
| 1071 assert(0); | |
| 1072 break; | |
| 1073 } | |
| 1074 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1075 return size; | |
| 1076 } | |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1079 { |
|
1014
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1080 if (ty == Tvoid) |
|
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1081 return 1; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
1082 return GetTypeAlignment(sir, this); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1083 #if TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_OSX || TARGET_FREEBSD || TARGET_SOLARIS |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1084 case Tint64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1085 case Tuns64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1086 case Tfloat64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1087 case Timaginary64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1088 case Tcomplex32: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1089 case Tcomplex64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1090 sz = 4; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1091 break; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1092 #endif |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1093 |
| 159 | 1094 } |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1098 { | |
| 1099 Expression *e; | |
| 1100 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1101 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1102 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1103 #else | |
| 1104 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1105 #endif | |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1108 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1109 { | |
| 1110 switch (ty) | |
| 1111 { | |
| 1112 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1113 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1114 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1115 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1116 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1117 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1118 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1119 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1120 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1121 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1122 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1123 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1124 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1127 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1128 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1129 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1130 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1131 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1132 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1133 case Timaginary80: | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1134 case Tfloat80: fvalue = Port::ldbl_max; goto Lfvalue; |
| 159 | 1135 } |
| 1136 } | |
| 1137 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1138 { | |
| 1139 switch (ty) | |
| 1140 { | |
| 1141 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1142 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1143 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1144 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1145 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1146 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1147 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1148 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1149 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1150 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1151 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1152 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1153 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1156 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1157 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1158 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1159 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1160 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1161 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1162 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1163 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1164 } | |
| 1165 } | |
| 1166 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1167 { | |
| 1168 switch (ty) | |
| 1169 { | |
| 1170 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1171 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1172 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1173 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1174 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1175 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1176 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1177 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1178 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1179 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1180 fvalue = Port::nan; |
| 159 | 1181 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 } | |
| 1184 } | |
| 1185 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1186 { | |
| 1187 switch (ty) | |
| 1188 { | |
| 1189 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1190 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1191 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1192 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1193 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1194 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1195 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1196 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1197 case Tfloat80: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1198 fvalue = Port::infinity; |
| 159 | 1199 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1200 } | |
| 1201 } | |
| 1202 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1203 { | |
| 1204 switch (ty) | |
| 1205 { | |
| 1206 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1207 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1208 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1209 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1210 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1211 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1212 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1213 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1214 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1215 } | |
| 1216 } | |
| 1217 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1218 { | |
| 1219 switch (ty) | |
| 1220 { | |
| 1221 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1222 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1223 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1224 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1225 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1226 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1227 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1228 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1229 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1230 } | |
| 1231 } | |
| 1232 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1233 { | |
| 1234 switch (ty) | |
| 1235 { | |
| 1236 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1237 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1238 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1239 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1240 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1241 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1242 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1243 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1244 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1245 } | |
| 1246 } | |
| 1247 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1248 { | |
| 1249 switch (ty) | |
| 1250 { | |
| 1251 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1252 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1253 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1254 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1255 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1256 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1257 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1258 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1259 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1260 } | |
| 1261 } | |
| 1262 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1263 { | |
| 1264 switch (ty) | |
| 1265 { | |
| 1266 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1267 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1268 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1269 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1270 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1271 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1272 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1273 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1274 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1275 } | |
| 1276 } | |
| 1277 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1278 { | |
| 1279 switch (ty) | |
| 1280 { | |
| 1281 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1282 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1283 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1284 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1285 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1286 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1287 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1288 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1289 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1290 } | |
| 1291 } | |
| 1292 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1293 { | |
| 1294 switch (ty) | |
| 1295 { | |
| 1296 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1297 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1298 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1299 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1300 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1301 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1302 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1303 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1304 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1305 } | |
| 1306 } | |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 Ldefault: | |
| 1309 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 Livalue: | |
| 1312 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1313 return e; | |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 Lfvalue: | |
| 1316 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1317 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1318 else | |
| 1319 { | |
| 1320 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1323 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1324 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1325 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1326 #else | |
| 1327 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1328 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1329 #endif | |
| 1330 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1331 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1332 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1333 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1334 } | |
| 1335 return e; | |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 Lint: | |
| 1338 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1339 return e; | |
| 1340 } | |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1343 { | |
| 1344 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1345 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1346 #endif | |
| 1347 Type *t; | |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1350 { | |
| 1351 switch (ty) | |
| 1352 { | |
| 1353 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1354 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1355 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1356 L1: | |
| 1357 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1358 break; | |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1361 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1362 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1363 break; | |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1366 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1367 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1368 L2: | |
| 1369 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1370 break; | |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 default: | |
| 1373 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1374 } | |
| 1375 } | |
| 1376 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1377 { Type *t2; | |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 switch (ty) | |
| 1380 { | |
| 1381 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1382 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1383 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1384 L3: | |
| 1385 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1386 e->type = t2; | |
| 1387 break; | |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1390 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1391 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1392 L4: | |
| 1393 e->type = t; | |
| 1394 break; | |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1397 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1398 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1399 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1400 break; | |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 default: | |
| 1403 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1404 } | |
| 1405 } | |
| 1406 else | |
| 1407 { | |
| 1408 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1409 } | |
| 1410 return e; | |
| 1411 } | |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1414 { dinteger_t value = 0; |
| 159 | 1415 |
| 1416 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1417 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1418 #endif | |
| 1419 switch (ty) | |
| 1420 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1421 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1422 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1423 |
| 159 | 1424 case Tchar: |
| 1425 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1426 break; | |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 case Twchar: | |
| 1429 case Tdchar: | |
| 1430 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1431 break; | |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1434 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1435 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1436 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1437 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1438 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1439 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1440 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1441 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1442 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1443 } | |
| 1444 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1445 } | |
| 1446 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1447 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 1448 { |
| 1449 switch (ty) | |
| 1450 { | |
| 1451 case Tchar: | |
| 1452 case Twchar: | |
| 1453 case Tdchar: | |
| 1454 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1455 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1456 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1457 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1458 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1459 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1460 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1461 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1462 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1463 return 0; // no | |
| 1464 } | |
| 1465 return 1; // yes | |
| 1466 } | |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1469 { | |
| 1470 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1471 } | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1474 { | |
| 1475 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1476 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1477 } | |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1480 { | |
| 1481 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1482 } | |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1485 { | |
| 1486 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1487 } | |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1490 { | |
| 1491 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1492 } | |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1495 { | |
| 1496 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1497 } | |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1500 { | |
| 1501 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1502 } | |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1505 { | |
| 1506 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1507 } | |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1510 { | |
| 1511 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1512 if (this == to) | |
| 1513 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1516 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1517 if (1 || global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 1518 { | |
| 1519 if (to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1520 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1521 } | |
| 1522 else | |
| 1523 { | |
| 1524 if (ty == Tbool || to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1525 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1526 } | |
| 1527 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) | |
| 1528 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1531 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1532 { | |
| 1533 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1534 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1535 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 // If converting to integral | |
| 1538 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1539 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1540 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1543 */ | |
| 1544 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1545 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1548 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1549 } | |
| 1550 } | |
| 1551 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1552 { | |
| 1553 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1554 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1555 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1560 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1561 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1564 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1565 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1566 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1569 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1570 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1571 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1572 } | |
| 1573 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1574 } | |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1577 { | |
| 1578 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1579 } | |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1584 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1585 { | |
| 1586 } | |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1589 { | |
| 1590 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1593 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1594 #endif | |
| 1595 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1596 { | |
| 1597 Expression *ec; | |
| 1598 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1599 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1600 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1601 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1602 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1603 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1604 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1605 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1606 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1607 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1608 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1609 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1610 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1611 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1612 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1613 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1614 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1615 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1616 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1617 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1618 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1619 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1620 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1621 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1622 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1623 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1624 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1625 } | |
| 1626 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1627 { | |
| 1628 Expression *ec; | |
| 1629 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1630 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1631 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1632 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1633 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1634 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1635 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1636 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1637 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1638 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1639 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1640 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1641 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1642 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1643 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1644 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1645 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1646 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1647 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1648 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1649 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1650 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1651 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1652 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1653 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1654 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1655 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1656 } | |
| 1657 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1658 { | |
| 1659 Expression *ec; | |
| 1660 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1661 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1662 int dup; | |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 assert(size); | |
| 1665 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1666 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1667 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1668 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1669 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1670 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1671 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1672 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1673 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1674 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1675 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1676 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1677 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1678 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1679 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1680 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1681 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1682 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1683 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1684 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1685 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1686 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1687 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1688 if (dup) | |
| 1689 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1690 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1691 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1692 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1693 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1694 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1695 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1696 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1697 |
| 159 | 1698 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1699 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1700 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1701 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1702 } | |
| 1703 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1704 { | |
| 1705 Expression *ec; | |
| 1706 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1707 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1708 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1709 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1710 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1711 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1712 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1713 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1714 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1715 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1716 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1717 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1718 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1719 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1720 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1721 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1722 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1723 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1724 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1725 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1726 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1727 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1728 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1729 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1730 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1731 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1732 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1733 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1734 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1735 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1736 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1737 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1738 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1739 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1740 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1741 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1742 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1743 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1744 } | |
| 1745 else | |
| 1746 { | |
| 1747 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1748 } | |
| 1749 return e; | |
| 1750 } | |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1756 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1757 { | |
| 1758 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1759 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1760 } | |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1763 { | |
| 1764 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1765 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1766 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1767 return t; | |
| 1768 } | |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1771 { dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 1772 |
| 1773 if (!dim) | |
| 1774 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1775 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1776 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1777 { | |
| 1778 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1779 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1780 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1781 } | |
| 1782 else | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1783 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1784 |
| 1785 n = next->size(); | |
| 1786 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1787 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1788 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1789 sz = n2; | |
| 1790 } | |
| 1791 return sz; | |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 Loverflow: | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1794 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1795 return 1; |
| 1796 } | |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1799 { | |
| 1800 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1801 } | |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 /************************** | |
| 1804 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1805 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1806 */ | |
| 1807 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1808 { | |
| 1809 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1810 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1811 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1812 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 sc->pop(); | |
| 1817 } | |
| 1818 else | |
| 1819 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1820 return exp; | |
| 1821 } | |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1824 { | |
| 1825 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1826 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1827 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 sc->pop(); | |
| 1832 return exp; | |
| 1833 } | |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1836 { | |
| 1837 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1838 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1839 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1840 if (*pe) | |
| 1841 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1842 Expression *e; | |
| 1843 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1844 *pe = e; | |
| 1845 } | |
| 1846 else if (*ps) | |
| 1847 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1848 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1849 if (td) | |
| 1850 { | |
| 1851 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1852 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1853 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1856 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1857 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1862 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1863 goto Ldefault; |
| 1864 } | |
| 1865 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1866 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1867 { | |
| 1868 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1869 return; | |
| 1870 } | |
| 1871 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1872 { | |
| 1873 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1874 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1875 return; | |
| 1876 } | |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1879 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1880 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1881 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1882 */ | |
| 1883 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1884 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1885 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1888 *ps = tds; | |
| 1889 } | |
| 1890 else | |
| 1891 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1892 } | |
| 1893 else | |
| 1894 { | |
| 1895 Ldefault: | |
| 1896 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1897 } | |
| 1898 } | |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1901 { | |
| 1902 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 Type *t; | |
| 1905 Expression *e; | |
| 1906 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1907 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1908 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1909 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1912 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1913 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1916 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1917 return Type::terror; |
| 1918 } | |
| 1919 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1920 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1921 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1922 return Type::terror; | |
| 1923 } | |
| 1924 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1925 return t; | |
| 1926 } | |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1929 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 if (dim) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1932 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1933 |
| 1934 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1935 | |
| 1936 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1937 if (sc && sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && |
| 159 | 1938 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) |
| 1939 { | |
| 1940 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1941 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1942 */ | |
| 1943 return this; | |
| 1944 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1945 dinteger_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1946 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); |
| 1947 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1948 dinteger_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1949 |
| 1950 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1951 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1954 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1955 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1956 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1957 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1958 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1959 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1960 { | |
| 1961 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1962 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1963 */ | |
| 1964 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1965 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1966 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1967 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1968 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1969 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1970 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1971 { | |
| 1972 Loverflow: | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1973 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1974 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1975 } | |
| 1976 } | |
| 1977 } | |
| 1978 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1979 { | |
| 1980 case Ttuple: | |
| 1981 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1982 assert(dim); | |
| 1983 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1984 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1987 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1988 return Type::terror; |
| 1989 } | |
| 1990 Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1991 return arg->type; | |
| 1992 } | |
| 1993 case Tfunction: | |
| 1994 case Tnone: | |
| 1995 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1996 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1997 break; | |
| 1998 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1999 if (tbn->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2000 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", tbn->toChars()); |
| 159 | 2001 return merge(); |
| 2002 } | |
| 2003 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2004 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2005 { |
| 2006 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2007 if (dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2008 buf->printf("%ju", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 2009 if (next) |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2010 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2011 } |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2014 { | |
| 2015 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2016 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2017 return; | |
| 2018 } | |
| 2019 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2020 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 2021 } | |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2024 { | |
| 2025 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2026 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2027 #endif | |
| 2028 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2029 { | |
| 2030 e = dim; | |
| 2031 } | |
| 2032 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2033 { | |
| 2034 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2035 } | |
| 2036 else | |
| 2037 { | |
| 2038 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2039 } | |
| 2040 return e; | |
| 2041 } | |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 2044 { | |
| 2045 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2046 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2047 } | |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2050 { | |
| 2051 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2052 } | |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2055 { | |
| 2056 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2059 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2060 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2061 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2062 { | |
| 2063 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2064 } | |
| 2065 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2066 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2069 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2070 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2071 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2072 } | |
| 2073 #if 0 | |
| 2074 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2075 { | |
| 2076 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2079 { | |
| 2080 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2081 } | |
| 2082 } | |
| 2083 #endif | |
| 2084 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2085 } | |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2088 { | |
| 2089 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2090 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2091 #endif | |
| 2092 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2093 } | |
| 2094 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2095 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2096 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2097 return next->isZeroInit(loc); |
| 159 | 2098 } |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2102 { | |
| 2103 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2104 if (e) | |
| 2105 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2106 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2107 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2108 } | |
| 2109 return e; | |
| 2110 } | |
| 2111 | |
| 2112 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2113 { | |
| 2114 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2115 } | |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2120 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2121 { | |
| 2122 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2123 } | |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2126 { | |
| 2127 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2128 if (t == next) | |
| 2129 t = this; | |
| 2130 else | |
| 2131 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2132 return t; | |
| 2133 } | |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2136 { | |
| 2137 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2138 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2139 } | |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2142 { | |
| 2143 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2144 // boundary | |
| 2145 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2146 } | |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2149 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2150 | |
| 2151 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2152 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2153 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2154 { | |
| 2155 case Tfunction: | |
| 2156 case Tnone: | |
| 2157 case Ttuple: | |
| 2158 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2159 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2160 break; | |
| 2161 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2162 if (tn->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2163 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", tn->toChars()); |
| 159 | 2164 if (next != tn) |
| 2165 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2166 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2167 return merge(); | |
| 2168 } | |
| 2169 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2170 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2171 { |
| 2172 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2173 if (next) | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2174 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2175 } |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2178 { | |
| 2179 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2180 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2181 return; | |
| 2182 } | |
| 2183 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2184 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2185 } | |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2188 { | |
| 2189 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2190 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2191 #endif | |
| 2192 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2193 { | |
| 2194 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2195 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2198 } | |
| 2199 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2200 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2201 return e; | |
| 2202 } | |
| 2203 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2204 { | |
| 2205 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2206 return e; | |
| 2207 } | |
| 2208 else | |
| 2209 { | |
| 2210 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2211 } | |
| 2212 return e; | |
| 2213 } | |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2216 { | |
| 2217 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2218 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2219 } | |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2222 { | |
| 2223 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2226 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2227 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2228 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2229 { | |
| 2230 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2231 } | |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2234 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2237 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2238 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2239 } | |
| 2240 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2241 } | |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2244 { | |
| 2245 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2246 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2247 #endif | |
| 2248 Expression *e; | |
| 2249 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2250 e->type = this; | |
| 2251 return e; | |
| 2252 } | |
| 2253 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2254 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2255 { |
| 2256 return 1; | |
| 2257 } | |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2260 { | |
| 2261 return TRUE; | |
| 2262 } | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2265 { | |
| 2266 return TRUE; | |
| 2267 } | |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2272 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2273 { | |
| 2274 this->index = index; | |
| 2275 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2276 } | |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2279 { | |
| 2280 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2281 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2282 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2283 t = this; | |
| 2284 else | |
| 2285 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2286 return t; | |
| 2287 } | |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2290 { | |
| 2291 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2292 } | |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2296 { | |
| 2297 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2300 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2301 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2302 { | |
| 2303 Expression *e; | |
| 2304 Type *t; | |
| 2305 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2308 if (e) | |
| 2309 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2310 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2311 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2314 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2315 } | |
| 2316 else if (t) | |
| 2317 index = t; | |
| 2318 else | |
| 2319 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2320 } | |
| 2321 else | |
| 2322 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2325 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2326 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2327 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2328 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2329 { | |
| 2330 #if 0 | |
| 2331 case Tint8: | |
| 2332 case Tuns8: | |
| 2333 case Tint16: | |
| 2334 case Tuns16: | |
| 2335 key = tint32; | |
| 2336 break; | |
| 2337 #endif | |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 case Tsarray: | |
| 2340 #if 0 | |
| 2341 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2342 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2343 #endif | |
| 2344 break; | |
| 2345 case Tbit: | |
| 2346 case Tbool: | |
| 2347 case Tfunction: | |
| 2348 case Tvoid: | |
| 2349 case Tnone: | |
| 2350 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); | |
| 2351 break; | |
| 2352 } | |
| 2353 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2354 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2355 { | |
| 2356 case Tfunction: | |
| 2357 case Tnone: | |
| 2358 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2359 break; | |
| 2360 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2361 if (next->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2362 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", next->toChars()); |
| 159 | 2363 |
| 2364 return merge(); | |
| 2365 } | |
| 2366 | |
| 336 | 2367 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2368 { | |
| 2369 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2372 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2373 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2374 { | |
| 2375 Expression *e; | |
| 2376 Type *t; | |
| 2377 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2380 if (e) | |
| 2381 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2382 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2385 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2386 } | |
| 2387 else if (t) | |
| 2388 index = t; | |
| 2389 else | |
| 2390 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2391 } | |
| 2392 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2393 } | |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 | |
| 159 | 2396 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2397 { | |
| 2398 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2399 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2400 #endif | |
| 2401 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2402 { | |
| 2403 Expression *ec; | |
| 2404 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2405 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2406 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2407 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2408 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2409 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2410 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2411 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2412 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2413 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2414 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2415 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2416 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2417 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2418 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2419 } |
| 2420 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2421 { | |
| 2422 Expression *ec; | |
| 2423 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2424 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2427 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2428 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2429 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2430 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2431 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2432 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2433 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2434 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2435 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2436 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2437 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2438 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2439 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2440 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2441 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2442 } | |
| 2443 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2444 { | |
| 2445 Expression *ec; | |
| 2446 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2447 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2448 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2449 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2450 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2451 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2452 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2453 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2454 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2455 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2456 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2457 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2458 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2459 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2460 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2461 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2462 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2463 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2464 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2465 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2466 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2467 } | |
| 2468 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2469 { | |
| 2470 Expression *ec; | |
| 2471 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2472 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2473 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2474 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2475 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2476 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2477 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2478 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2479 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2480 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2481 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2482 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2483 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2484 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2485 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2486 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2487 e->type = this; | |
| 2488 } | |
| 2489 else | |
| 2490 { | |
| 2491 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2492 } | |
| 2493 return e; | |
| 2494 } | |
| 2495 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2496 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2497 { |
| 2498 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2499 index->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2500 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2501 } |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2504 { | |
| 2505 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2506 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2507 return; | |
| 2508 } | |
| 2509 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2510 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2511 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2512 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2513 } | |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2516 { | |
| 2517 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2518 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2519 #endif | |
| 2520 Expression *e; | |
| 2521 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2522 e->type = this; | |
| 2523 return e; | |
| 2524 } | |
| 2525 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2526 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2527 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2528 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2529 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2530 |
| 159 | 2531 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2532 { | |
| 2533 return TRUE; | |
| 2534 } | |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2537 { | |
| 2538 return TRUE; | |
| 2539 } | |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2544 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2545 { | |
| 2546 } | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2549 { | |
| 2550 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2551 if (t == next) | |
| 2552 t = this; | |
| 2553 else | |
| 2554 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2555 return t; | |
| 2556 } | |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2559 { | |
| 2560 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); | |
| 2561 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2562 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2563 { | |
| 2564 case Ttuple: | |
| 2565 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2566 n = tint32; | |
| 2567 break; | |
| 2568 } | |
| 2569 if (n != next) | |
| 2570 deco = NULL; | |
| 2571 next = n; | |
| 2572 return merge(); | |
| 2573 } | |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2577 { | |
| 2578 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2579 } | |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2582 { | |
| 2583 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2584 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2585 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2586 return; | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2589 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2590 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2591 } | |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2594 { | |
| 2595 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 if (this == to) | |
| 2598 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2599 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2600 { | |
| 2601 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2602 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 #if 0 | |
| 2605 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2606 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2607 #endif | |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2610 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2611 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2614 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2615 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2616 } | |
| 2617 } | |
| 2618 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2619 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2620 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2621 } | |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2624 { | |
| 2625 return TRUE; | |
| 2626 } | |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2629 { | |
| 2630 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2631 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2632 #endif | |
| 2633 Expression *e; | |
| 2634 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2635 e->type = this; | |
| 2636 return e; | |
| 2637 } | |
| 2638 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2639 int TypePointer::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2640 { |
| 2641 return 1; | |
| 2642 } | |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2645 { | |
| 2646 return TRUE; | |
| 2647 } | |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2653 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2654 { | |
| 2655 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2656 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2657 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2658 } | |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2661 { | |
| 2662 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2663 if (t == next) | |
| 2664 t = this; | |
| 2665 else | |
| 2666 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2667 return t; | |
| 2668 } | |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2671 { | |
| 2672 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2673 } | |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2676 { | |
| 2677 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2678 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2679 return; | |
| 2680 } | |
| 2681 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2682 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2683 } | |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2686 { | |
| 2687 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2688 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2689 #endif | |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 // References just forward things along | |
| 2692 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2693 } | |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2696 { | |
| 2697 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2698 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2699 #endif | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2700 Expression *e = new NullExp(loc); |
| 159 | 2701 e->type = this; |
| 2702 return e; | |
| 2703 } | |
| 2704 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2705 int TypeReference::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2706 { |
| 2707 return 1; | |
| 2708 } | |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Arguments *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) | |
| 2714 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) | |
| 2715 { | |
| 2716 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2717 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2718 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2719 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2720 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2721 this->inuse = 0; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2722 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2723 #if IN_LLVM |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2724 this->funcdecl = NULL; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2725 #endif |
| 159 | 2726 } |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2729 { | |
| 2730 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
| 2731 Arguments *params = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); | |
|
217
0806379a5eca
[svn r233] Added: -oq command line option for writing fully qualified object names.
lindquist
parents:
211
diff
changeset
|
2732 TypeFunction *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
| 159 | 2733 return t; |
| 2734 } | |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 /******************************* | |
| 2737 * Returns: | |
| 2738 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2739 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2740 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2741 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2742 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2743 */ | |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2746 { | |
| 2747 #if 0 | |
| 2748 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2749 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2750 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2751 #endif | |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2756 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2757 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2758 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 { | |
| 2761 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2762 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2765 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2768 { | |
| 2769 size_t dim = Argument::dim(t1->parameters); | |
| 2770 if (dim != Argument::dim(t2->parameters)) | |
| 2771 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2772 | |
| 2773 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2774 { Argument *arg1 = Argument::getNth(t1->parameters, i); | |
| 2775 Argument *arg2 = Argument::getNth(t2->parameters, i); | |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2778 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2779 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2780 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2781 } | |
| 2782 } | |
| 2783 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2784 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 // The argument lists match | |
| 2787 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2788 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2789 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2790 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2793 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) | |
| 2796 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2797 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2798 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2801 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2802 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2803 { | |
| 2804 return 3; | |
| 2805 } | |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2808 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2809 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2810 } | |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 Lcovariant: | |
| 2813 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2814 return 1; | |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 Ldistinct: | |
| 2817 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2818 return 0; | |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2821 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2822 return 2; | |
| 2823 } | |
| 2824 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2825 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2826 { unsigned char mc; |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2829 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2830 if (inuse) | |
| 2831 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2832 return; | |
| 2833 } | |
| 2834 inuse++; | |
| 2835 switch (linkage) | |
| 2836 { | |
| 2837 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2838 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2839 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2840 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2841 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2842 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2843 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2844 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2845 |
| 159 | 2846 default: |
| 2847 assert(0); | |
| 2848 } | |
| 2849 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2850 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2851 // LDC: if we're not producing a mangle string, add the this |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2852 // type to prevent merging different member function |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2853 if (!mangle && funcdecl) |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2854 { |
|
1282
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2855 if (funcdecl->needThis()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2856 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2857 AggregateDeclaration* ad = funcdecl->isMember2(); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2858 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2859 ad->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2860 } |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2861 /* BUG This causes problems with delegate types |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2862 On the other hand, the llvm type for nested functions *is* different |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2863 so not doing anything here may be lead to bugs! |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2864 A sane solution would be DtoType(Dsymbol)... |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2865 if (funcdecl->isNested()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2866 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2867 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2868 if (funcdecl->toParent2() && funcdecl->toParent2()->isFuncDeclaration()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2869 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2870 FuncDeclaration* fd = funcdecl->toParent2()->isFuncDeclaration(); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2871 fd->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2872 } |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2873 }*/ |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2874 } |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2875 |
| 159 | 2876 // Write argument types |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2877 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters, mangle); |
| 159 | 2878 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); |
| 2879 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2880 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2881 inuse--; |
| 2882 } | |
| 2883 | |
| 2884 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2885 { | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2886 const char *p = NULL; |
| 159 | 2887 |
| 2888 if (inuse) | |
| 2889 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2890 return; | |
| 2891 } | |
| 2892 inuse++; | |
| 2893 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2894 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2895 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2896 { | |
| 2897 switch (linkage) | |
| 2898 { | |
| 2899 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2900 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2901 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2902 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2903 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2904 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2905 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2906 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2907 |
| 159 | 2908 default: |
| 2909 assert(0); | |
| 2910 } | |
| 2911 } | |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2914 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2915 if (ident) | |
| 2916 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2917 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2918 } | |
| 2919 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2920 inuse--; | |
| 2921 } | |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2924 { | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2925 const char *p = NULL; |
| 159 | 2926 |
| 2927 if (inuse) | |
| 2928 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2929 return; | |
| 2930 } | |
| 2931 inuse++; | |
| 2932 if (next) | |
| 2933 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2934 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2935 { | |
| 2936 switch (linkage) | |
| 2937 { | |
| 2938 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2939 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2940 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2941 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2942 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2943 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2944 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2945 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2946 |
| 159 | 2947 default: |
| 2948 assert(0); | |
| 2949 } | |
| 2950 } | |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2953 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2954 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
| 2955 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2956 inuse--; | |
| 2957 } | |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2960 { | |
| 2961 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2962 { | |
| 2963 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2964 return this; | |
| 2965 } | |
| 2966 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2969 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2970 if (parameters) | |
| 2971 { tf->parameters = (Arguments *)parameters->copy(); | |
| 2972 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 2973 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 2974 Argument *cpy = (Argument *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2975 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2976 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; | |
| 2977 } | |
| 2978 } | |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 2981 if (!tf->next) | |
| 2982 { | |
| 2983 assert(global.errors); | |
| 2984 tf->next = tvoid; | |
| 2985 } | |
| 2986 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2987 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2988 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2989 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2990 } | |
| 2991 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2992 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2993 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2994 } | |
| 2995 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2996 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2997 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2998 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2999 if (tf->next->isscope() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
3000 error(loc, "functions cannot return scope %s", tf->next->toChars()); |
| 159 | 3001 |
| 3002 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 3003 { size_t dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 3006 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(tf->parameters, i); | |
| 3007 Type *t; | |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 tf->inuse++; | |
| 3010 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3011 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; | |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3012 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3013 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3014 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3015 if (arg->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3016 arg->type = arg->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3017 tf->inuse++; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3018 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3019 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3020 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3021 |
| 159 | 3022 t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 if (arg->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 3025 { | |
| 3026 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 3027 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 3028 } | |
| 3029 if (!(arg->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3030 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", arg->type->toChars()); | |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 3033 { | |
| 3034 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->semantic(sc); | |
| 3035 arg->defaultArg = resolveProperties(sc, arg->defaultArg); | |
| 3036 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(sc, arg->type); | |
| 3037 } | |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 3040 * change. | |
| 3041 */ | |
| 3042 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 3043 { dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 3044 i--; | |
| 3045 } | |
| 3046 } | |
| 3047 } | |
| 3048 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 3051 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 3052 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 3053 return terror; | |
| 3054 } | |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 3057 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); | |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 3060 * can be different | |
| 3061 * even though the types match | |
| 3062 */ | |
| 3063 return tf; | |
| 3064 } | |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 /******************************** | |
| 3067 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 3068 * Determine match level. | |
| 3069 * Returns: | |
| 3070 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 3071 */ | |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 3074 { | |
| 3075 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 3076 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 size_t nparams = Argument::dim(parameters); | |
| 3079 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; | |
| 3080 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3081 ; | |
| 3082 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3083 { | |
| 3084 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3085 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3086 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3087 } | |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3090 { int m; | |
| 3091 Expression *arg; | |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 Argument *p = Argument::getNth(parameters, u); | |
| 3096 assert(p); | |
| 3097 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3098 { | |
| 3099 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3100 continue; | |
| 3101 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3102 goto L1; | |
| 3103 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3104 } | |
| 3105 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3106 assert(arg); | |
| 3107 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3108 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3109 else | |
| 3110 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3111 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3112 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3113 { | |
| 3114 L1: | |
| 3115 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3116 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3117 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
3118 dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 3119 |
| 3120 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3121 { | |
| 3122 case Tsarray: | |
| 3123 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3124 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3125 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3126 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3127 case Tarray: | |
| 3128 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3129 { | |
| 3130 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3131 assert(arg); | |
| 3132 #if 1 | |
| 3133 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3134 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3135 */ | |
| 3136 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3137 if (tret) | |
| 3138 { | |
| 3139 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3140 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3141 } | |
| 3142 else | |
| 3143 { | |
| 3144 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3145 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3146 { | |
| 3147 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3148 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3149 } | |
| 3150 } | |
| 3151 } | |
| 3152 else | |
| 3153 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3154 #else | |
| 3155 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3156 #endif | |
| 3157 if (m == 0) | |
| 3158 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3159 if (m < match) | |
| 3160 match = m; | |
| 3161 } | |
| 3162 goto Ldone; | |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 case Tclass: | |
| 3165 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3166 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3167 goto Ldone; | |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 default: | |
| 3170 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3171 } | |
| 3172 } | |
| 3173 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3174 } | |
| 3175 if (m < match) | |
| 3176 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3177 } | |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 Ldone: | |
| 3180 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3181 return match; | |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 Nomatch: | |
| 3184 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3185 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3186 } | |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3189 { | |
| 3190 if (parameters) | |
| 3191 { | |
| 3192 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 3193 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3194 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3195 if (t) | |
| 3196 return t; | |
| 3197 } | |
| 3198 } | |
| 3199 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3200 } | |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3205 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3206 { | |
| 3207 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3208 } | |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3211 { | |
| 3212 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3213 if (t == next) | |
| 3214 t = this; | |
| 3215 else | |
| 3216 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3217 return t; | |
| 3218 } | |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3221 { | |
| 3222 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3223 { | |
| 3224 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3225 return this; | |
| 3226 } | |
| 3227 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3228 return merge(); | |
| 3229 } | |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3232 { | |
| 3233 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3234 } | |
| 3235 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3236 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3237 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3238 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3239 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3240 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3241 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3242 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3243 |
| 159 | 3244 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3245 { | |
| 3246 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3247 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3248 return; | |
| 3249 } | |
| 3250 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3253 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
| 3254 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); | |
| 3255 } | |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3258 { | |
| 3259 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3260 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3261 #endif | |
| 3262 Expression *e; | |
| 3263 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 3264 e->type = this; | |
| 3265 return e; | |
| 3266 } | |
| 3267 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
3268 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 3269 { |
| 3270 return 1; | |
| 3271 } | |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3274 { | |
| 3275 return TRUE; | |
| 3276 } | |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3279 { | |
| 3280 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3281 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3282 #endif | |
| 3283 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3284 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3285 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3286 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3287 return e; | |
| 3288 } | |
| 3289 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3290 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3291 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3292 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3293 return e; |
| 3294 } | |
| 3295 else | |
| 3296 { | |
| 3297 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3298 } | |
| 3299 return e; | |
| 3300 } | |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3303 { | |
| 3304 return TRUE; | |
| 3305 } | |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3312 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3313 { | |
| 3314 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3315 } | |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3318 { | |
| 3319 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3320 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3321 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3322 { | |
| 3323 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3324 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3325 { | |
| 3326 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3329 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3330 } | |
| 3331 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3332 } | |
| 3333 } | |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | |
| 3336 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3337 { | |
| 3338 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3339 } | |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3342 { | |
| 3343 int i; | |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3346 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3351 { | |
| 3352 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3353 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3354 } | |
| 3355 else | |
| 3356 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3357 } | |
| 3358 } | |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3361 { | |
| 3362 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3363 return 1; | |
| 3364 } | |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 /************************************* | |
| 3367 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3368 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3369 * Output: | |
| 3370 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3371 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3372 */ | |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3375 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3376 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3377 { | |
| 3378 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3379 int i; | |
| 3380 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3381 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3382 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3383 Type *t; | |
| 3384 Expression *e; | |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 #if 0 | |
| 3387 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3388 if (scopesym) | |
| 3389 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3390 #endif | |
| 3391 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3392 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3393 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3394 if (s) | |
| 3395 { | |
| 3396 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3397 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3398 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3399 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3400 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3401 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3402 | |
| 3403 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3404 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3405 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3406 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3407 if (!sm) | |
| 3408 { | |
| 3409 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3410 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3411 { | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
3412 if (v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->getExpInitializer()) |
| 159 | 3413 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; |
| 3414 } | |
| 3415 else | |
| 3416 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3417 t = e->type; | |
| 3418 if (!t) | |
| 3419 goto Lerror; | |
| 3420 goto L3; | |
| 3421 } | |
| 3422 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3423 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3424 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3425 if (t) | |
| 3426 { | |
| 3427 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3428 if (sm) | |
| 3429 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3430 if (sm) | |
| 3431 goto L2; | |
| 3432 } | |
| 3433 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3434 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3435 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3436 i++; | |
| 3437 L3: | |
| 3438 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3439 { | |
| 3440 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3441 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3442 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3443 } | |
| 3444 *pe = e; | |
| 3445 } | |
| 3446 else | |
| 3447 Lerror: | |
| 3448 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3449 return; | |
| 3450 } | |
| 3451 L2: | |
| 3452 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3453 } | |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3456 if (v) | |
| 3457 { | |
| 3458 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
3459 if (v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->getExpInitializer()) |
| 159 | 3460 { |
| 3461 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3462 assert(ei); | |
| 3463 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3464 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3465 } | |
| 3466 else | |
| 3467 { | |
| 3468 #if 0 | |
| 3469 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3470 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3471 { | |
| 3472 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3473 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3474 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3475 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3476 } | |
| 3477 else | |
| 3478 #endif | |
| 3479 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3480 } | |
| 3481 return; | |
| 3482 } | |
| 3483 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3484 if (em) | |
| 3485 { | |
| 3486 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3487 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3488 return; | |
| 3489 } | |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 L1: | |
| 3492 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3493 if (!t) | |
| 3494 { | |
| 3495 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3496 Import *si; | |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3499 if (si) | |
| 3500 { | |
| 3501 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3502 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3503 goto L1; | |
| 3504 s = si; | |
| 3505 } | |
| 3506 *ps = s; | |
| 3507 return; | |
| 3508 } | |
| 3509 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3510 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3511 return; | |
| 3512 } | |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 if (t != this) | |
| 3515 { | |
| 3516 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3517 { | |
| 3518 Scope *scx; | |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 for (scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3521 { | |
| 3522 if (!scx) | |
| 3523 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3524 return; | |
| 3525 } | |
| 3526 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3527 break; | |
| 3528 } | |
| 3529 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3530 //((TypeIdentifier *)t)->resolve(loc, scx, pe, &t, ps); | |
| 3531 } | |
| 3532 } | |
| 3533 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3534 *pt = t; |
| 159 | 3535 else |
| 3536 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3537 } | |
| 3538 if (!s) | |
| 3539 { | |
| 3540 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3541 } | |
| 3542 } | |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3547 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3548 { | |
| 3549 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3550 } | |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3554 { | |
| 3555 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3558 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3559 return t; | |
| 3560 } | |
| 3561 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3562 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 3563 { unsigned len; |
| 3564 char *name; | |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3567 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3568 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3569 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3570 } | |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3573 { | |
| 3574 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3575 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3576 return; | |
| 3577 } | |
| 3578 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3579 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3580 } | |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 /************************************* | |
| 3583 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3584 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3585 * Output: | |
| 3586 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3587 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3588 */ | |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3591 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3592 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3595 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3596 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3597 } | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 /***************************************** | |
| 3600 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3601 * return that symbol. | |
| 3602 */ | |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3605 { | |
| 3606 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3607 if (!sc) | |
| 3608 return NULL; | |
| 3609 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3612 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3613 if (s) | |
| 3614 { | |
| 3615 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3616 { | |
| 3617 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3618 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3619 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3620 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3621 break; | |
| 3622 } | |
| 3623 } | |
| 3624 } | |
| 3625 return s; | |
| 3626 } | |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3629 { | |
| 3630 Type *t; | |
| 3631 Expression *e; | |
| 3632 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3633 | |
| 3634 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3635 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3636 if (t) | |
| 3637 { | |
| 3638 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3641 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3644 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3645 } | |
| 3646 } | |
| 3647 else | |
| 3648 { | |
| 3649 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3650 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3651 printf("1: "); | |
| 3652 #endif | |
| 3653 if (s) | |
| 3654 { | |
| 3655 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3656 } | |
| 3657 else | |
| 3658 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3659 t = tvoid; | |
| 3660 } | |
| 3661 //t->print(); | |
| 3662 return t; | |
| 3663 } | |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3666 { | |
| 3667 return this; | |
| 3668 } | |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3671 { | |
| 3672 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3673 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3674 { | |
| 3675 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3676 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3677 } | |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 return e; | |
| 3680 } | |
| 3681 | |
| 3682 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3685 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3686 { | |
| 3687 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3688 } | |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3691 { | |
| 3692 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3693 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3696 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3697 return t; | |
| 3698 } | |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3702 { | |
| 3703 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3704 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3705 return; | |
| 3706 } | |
| 3707 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3708 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3709 } | |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3712 { | |
| 3713 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3718 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3719 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 #if 0 | |
| 3722 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3723 { | |
| 3724 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3725 return; | |
| 3726 } | |
| 3727 #endif | |
| 3728 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3729 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3730 s = tempinst; | |
| 3731 if (s) | |
| 3732 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3733 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3734 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3735 } | |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3738 { | |
| 3739 Type *t; | |
| 3740 Expression *e; | |
| 3741 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3742 | |
| 3743 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3746 { | |
| 3747 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3748 global.gag++; | |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 global.gag--; | |
| 3753 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3754 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3755 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3756 return this; | |
| 3757 } | |
| 3758 } | |
| 3759 else | |
| 3760 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 if (!t) | |
| 3763 { | |
| 3764 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3765 printf("2: "); | |
| 3766 #endif | |
| 3767 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3768 t = tvoid; | |
| 3769 } | |
| 3770 return t; | |
| 3771 } | |
| 3772 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3773 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3774 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3775 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3776 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3777 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3778 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3779 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3780 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3781 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3782 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3783 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3784 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3785 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3786 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3787 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3788 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3789 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3790 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3791 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3792 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3793 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3794 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3795 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3796 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3797 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3798 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3799 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3800 |
| 159 | 3801 |
| 3802 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3805 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3806 { | |
| 3807 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3808 } | |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3811 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3812 //printf("TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3813 TypeTypeof *t; |
| 3814 | |
| 3815 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3816 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3817 return t; | |
| 3818 } | |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3821 { | |
| 3822 Type *t; | |
| 3823 | |
| 336 | 3824 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3825 if (t == this) |
| 3826 return NULL; | |
| 3827 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3828 } | |
| 3829 | |
| 3830 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3831 { | |
| 3832 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3833 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3834 return; | |
| 3835 } | |
| 3836 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3837 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3838 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3839 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3840 } | |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3843 { Expression *e; | |
| 3844 Type *t; | |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 #if 0 | |
| 3851 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3852 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3853 */ | |
| 3854 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3855 { | |
| 3856 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3857 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3858 { | |
| 3859 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3860 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 if (!s) | |
| 3863 { | |
| 3864 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3865 goto Lerr; | |
| 3866 } | |
| 3867 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3868 if (cd) | |
| 3869 { | |
| 3870 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3871 { | |
| 3872 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3873 if (!cd) | |
| 3874 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3875 goto Lerr; | |
| 3876 } | |
| 3877 } | |
| 3878 t = cd->type; | |
| 3879 break; | |
| 3880 } | |
| 3881 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3882 if (sd) | |
| 3883 { | |
| 3884 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3885 { | |
| 3886 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3887 goto Lerr; | |
| 3888 } | |
| 3889 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3890 break; | |
| 3891 } | |
| 3892 } | |
| 3893 } | |
| 3894 else | |
| 3895 #endif | |
| 3896 { | |
| 3897 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3898 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3899 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3900 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3901 { | |
| 3902 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3903 } | |
| 159 | 3904 t = exp->type; |
| 3905 if (!t) | |
| 3906 { | |
| 3907 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3908 goto Lerr; | |
| 3909 } | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
3910 if (t->ty == Ttypeof) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
3911 error(loc, "forward reference to %s", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3912 } |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3915 { | |
| 3916 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3917 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3918 { | |
| 3919 if (!s) | |
| 3920 break; | |
| 3921 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3922 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3923 } | |
| 3924 if (s) | |
| 3925 { | |
| 3926 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3927 if (!t) | |
| 3928 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3929 goto Lerr; | |
| 3930 } | |
| 3931 } | |
| 3932 else | |
| 3933 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3934 goto Lerr; | |
| 3935 } | |
| 3936 } | |
| 3937 return t; | |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 Lerr: | |
| 3940 return tvoid; | |
| 3941 } | |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3944 { | |
| 3945 if (exp->type) | |
| 3946 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3947 else | |
| 3948 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3949 } | |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 3956 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 3957 { | |
| 3958 this->sym = sym; | |
| 3959 } | |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 3962 { | |
| 3963 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 3964 } | |
| 3965 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3966 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3967 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3968 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3969 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3970 |
| 159 | 3971 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3972 { | |
| 3973 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 3974 return merge(); | |
| 3975 } | |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3978 { | |
| 3979 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3980 { | |
| 3981 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3982 return 4; | |
| 3983 } | |
| 3984 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 3985 } | |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 3988 { | |
| 3989 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3990 { | |
| 3991 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3992 printf("1: "); | |
| 3993 #endif | |
| 3994 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3995 return 4; | |
| 3996 } | |
| 3997 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 3998 } | |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4001 { | |
| 4002 return sym; | |
| 4003 } | |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 4006 { | |
| 4007 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4008 { | |
| 4009 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4010 printf("2: "); | |
| 4011 #endif | |
| 4012 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4013 return terror; |
| 159 | 4014 } |
| 4015 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4016 } | |
| 4017 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4018 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4019 { char *name; |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4022 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4023 // name += 2; | |
| 4024 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4025 } | |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4028 { | |
| 4029 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4030 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4031 return; | |
| 4032 } | |
| 4033 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4034 } | |
| 4035 | |
| 4036 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4037 { | |
| 4038 EnumMember *m; | |
| 4039 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4040 Expression *em; | |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4043 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4044 #endif | |
| 4045 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4046 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4047 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 4048 if (!s) | |
| 4049 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4050 if (ident == Id::max || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4051 ident == Id::min || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4052 ident == Id::init || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4053 ident == Id::stringof || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4054 !sym->memtype |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4055 ) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4056 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4057 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4058 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4059 return sym->memtype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); |
| 159 | 4060 } |
| 4061 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4062 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 4063 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 4064 return em; | |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 Lfwd: | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4067 error(e->loc, "forward reference of enum %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4068 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, Type::terror); |
| 159 | 4069 } |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4072 { Expression *e; | |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 4075 { | |
| 4076 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4077 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4078 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 4079 } | |
| 4080 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4081 { | |
| 4082 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4083 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4084 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4085 } | |
| 4086 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4087 { | |
| 4088 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4089 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4090 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4091 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4092 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4093 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4094 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4095 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4096 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4097 } |
| 159 | 4098 else |
| 4099 { | |
| 4100 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4101 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4102 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4103 } | |
| 4104 return e; | |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 Lfwd: | |
| 4107 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4108 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4109 } | |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4112 { | |
| 4113 return 1; | |
| 4114 } | |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4117 { | |
| 4118 return 0; | |
| 4119 } | |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4122 { | |
| 4123 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4124 } | |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4127 { | |
| 4128 return 1; | |
| 4129 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4130 } | |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4133 { MATCH m; | |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4136 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4137 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4138 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4139 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4140 else | |
| 4141 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4142 return m; | |
| 4143 } | |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4146 { | |
| 4147 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4148 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4149 #endif | |
| 4150 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4151 Expression *e; | |
| 4152 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4153 return e; | |
| 4154 } | |
| 4155 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4156 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4157 { |
| 4158 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4159 } | |
| 4160 | |
| 4161 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4162 { | |
| 4163 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4164 } | |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4169 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4170 { | |
| 4171 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4172 } | |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4175 { | |
| 4176 return this; | |
| 4177 } | |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4180 { | |
| 4181 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4182 } | |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4185 { | |
| 4186 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4187 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4188 return merge(); | |
| 4189 } | |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4192 { | |
| 4193 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4194 } | |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4197 { | |
| 4198 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4199 } | |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4202 { | |
| 4203 return sym; | |
| 4204 } | |
| 4205 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4206 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4207 { unsigned len; |
| 4208 char *name; | |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4211 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4212 // name += 2; | |
| 4213 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4214 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4215 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4216 } | |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4219 { | |
| 4220 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4221 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4222 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4223 return; | |
| 4224 } | |
| 4225 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4226 } | |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4229 { | |
| 4230 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4231 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4232 #endif | |
| 4233 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4234 { | |
| 4235 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4236 } | |
| 4237 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4238 } | |
| 4239 | |
| 4240 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4241 { | |
| 4242 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4243 { | |
| 4244 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4245 } | |
| 4246 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4247 } | |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4250 { | |
| 4251 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4252 } | |
| 4253 | |
| 4254 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4255 { | |
| 4256 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4257 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4258 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4259 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4260 } | |
| 4261 | |
| 4262 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4263 { | |
| 4264 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4265 } | |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4268 { | |
| 4269 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4270 } | |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4273 { | |
| 4274 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4275 } | |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4278 { | |
| 4279 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4280 } | |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4283 { | |
| 4284 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4285 } | |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4288 { | |
| 4289 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4290 } | |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4293 { | |
| 4294 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4295 } | |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4298 { | |
| 4299 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4300 { | |
| 4301 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4302 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4303 return Type::terror; | |
| 4304 } | |
| 4305 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4306 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4307 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4308 return t; | |
| 4309 } | |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4312 { MATCH m; | |
| 4313 | |
| 4314 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4315 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4316 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4317 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4318 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4319 else | |
| 4320 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4321 return m; | |
| 4322 } | |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4325 { Expression *e; | |
| 4326 Type *bt; | |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4329 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4330 #endif | |
| 4331 if (sym->init) | |
| 4332 { | |
| 4333 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4334 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4335 } | |
| 4336 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4337 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4338 e->type = this; | |
| 4339 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4340 { | |
| 4341 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4342 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4343 } | |
| 4344 return e; | |
| 4345 } | |
| 4346 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4347 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4348 { |
| 4349 if (sym->init) | |
| 4350 { | |
| 4351 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4352 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4353 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4354 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4355 return 1; | |
| 4356 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4357 } | |
| 4358 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4359 { | |
| 4360 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4361 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4362 } | |
| 4363 sym->inuse = 1; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4364 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(loc); |
| 159 | 4365 sym->inuse = 0; |
| 4366 return result; | |
| 4367 } | |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4370 { | |
| 4371 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4372 } | |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4377 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4378 { | |
| 4379 this->sym = sym; | |
|
1029
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4380 |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4381 // LDC |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4382 this->unaligned = 0; |
| 159 | 4383 } |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4386 { | |
| 4387 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4388 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4389 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4390 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4391 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4392 } | |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4395 { | |
| 4396 return this; | |
| 4397 } | |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4400 { | |
| 4401 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4404 * be right. | |
| 4405 */ | |
| 4406 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 return merge(); | |
| 4409 } | |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4412 { | |
| 4413 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4414 } | |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4417 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4420 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4421 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4422 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4423 return sz; | |
| 4424 } | |
| 4425 | |
| 4426 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4427 { | |
| 4428 return sym; | |
| 4429 } | |
| 4430 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4431 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4432 { unsigned len; |
| 4433 char *name; | |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4436 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4437 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4438 // name += 2; | |
| 4439 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4440 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4441 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4442 } | |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4445 { | |
| 4446 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4447 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4448 return; | |
| 4449 } | |
| 4450 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4451 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4452 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4453 else | |
| 4454 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4455 } | |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4458 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 Expression *b; | |
| 4461 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4462 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4463 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4464 Declaration *d; | |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4467 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4468 #endif | |
| 4469 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4470 { | |
| 4471 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4472 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4473 } | |
| 4474 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4475 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4476 */ |
| 159 | 4477 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4478 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4479 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4480 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4481 */ |
| 336 | 4482 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4483 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4484 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4485 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4486 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4487 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4488 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4489 } | |
| 4490 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4491 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4492 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4493 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4494 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4495 return e; |
| 4496 } | |
| 4497 | |
| 4498 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4499 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4500 | |
| 4501 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4502 { | |
| 4503 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4506 e = de->e1; | |
| 4507 goto L1; | |
| 4508 } | |
| 4509 } | |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4512 L1: | |
| 4513 if (!s) | |
| 4514 { | |
| 4515 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4516 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4517 } | |
| 336 | 4518 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4519 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4520 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
4523 if (v && v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4524 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 if (ei) | |
| 4527 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4528 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4529 return e; | |
| 4530 } | |
| 4531 } | |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4534 { | |
| 4535 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4536 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4537 } | |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4540 if (em) | |
| 4541 { | |
| 4542 assert(em->value); | |
| 4543 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4544 } | |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4547 if (tm) | |
| 4548 { Expression *de; | |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4551 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4552 return de; | |
| 4553 } | |
| 4554 | |
| 4555 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4556 if (td) | |
| 4557 { | |
| 4558 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4559 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4560 return e; | |
| 4561 } | |
| 4562 | |
| 4563 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4564 if (ti) | |
| 4565 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4566 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4567 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4568 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4569 goto L1; | |
| 4570 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4571 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4572 return de; | |
| 4573 } | |
| 4574 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4575 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4576 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4577 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4578 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4579 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4580 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4581 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4582 |
| 159 | 4583 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4584 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4585 if (!d) | |
| 4586 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4587 #endif | |
| 4588 assert(d); | |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4591 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4594 { | |
| 4595 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4596 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4597 return e; | |
| 4598 } | |
| 4599 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4600 { | |
| 4601 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4602 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4603 return e; | |
| 4604 } | |
| 4605 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4606 } | |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4609 { | |
| 4610 // (e, d) | |
| 4611 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4614 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4615 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4616 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4617 return e; | |
| 4618 } | |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 if (v) | |
| 4621 { | |
| 4622 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4623 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4626 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4627 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4628 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4629 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4630 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4631 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4632 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4633 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4634 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4635 #endif |
| 159 | 4636 } |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4639 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4640 } | |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4643 { | |
| 4644 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4645 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4646 } | |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4649 { Declaration *d; |
| 159 | 4650 |
| 4651 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4652 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4653 #endif | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4654 d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4655 assert(d); |
| 4656 d->type = this; | |
| 4657 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4658 } | |
| 4659 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4660 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4661 { |
| 4662 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4663 } | |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4666 { | |
| 4667 return FALSE; | |
| 4668 } | |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4671 { | |
| 4672 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4675 if (s->members) | |
| 4676 { | |
| 4677 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4678 { | |
| 4679 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4680 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4681 return TRUE; | |
| 4682 } | |
| 4683 } | |
| 4684 return FALSE; | |
| 4685 } | |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4691 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4692 { | |
| 4693 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4694 } | |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4697 { | |
| 4698 return sym->toPrettyChars(); | |
| 4699 } | |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4702 { | |
| 4703 return this; | |
| 4704 } | |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4707 { | |
| 4708 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4709 if (sym->scope) | |
| 4710 sym->semantic(sym->scope); | |
| 4711 return merge(); | |
| 4712 } | |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4715 { | |
| 4716 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4717 } | |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4720 { | |
| 4721 return sym; | |
| 4722 } | |
| 4723 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4724 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4725 { unsigned len; |
| 4726 char *name; | |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4729 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4730 // name += 2; | |
| 4731 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4732 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4733 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4734 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4735 } | |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4738 { | |
| 4739 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4740 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4741 return; | |
| 4742 } | |
| 4743 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4744 } | |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4747 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 Expression *b; | |
| 4750 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4751 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4752 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4753 Declaration *d; | |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4756 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4757 #endif | |
| 4758 | |
| 4759 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4760 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4761 | |
| 4762 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4763 { | |
| 4764 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4767 e = de->e1; | |
| 4768 goto L1; | |
| 4769 } | |
| 4770 } | |
| 4771 | |
| 4772 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4773 { | |
| 4774 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4775 */ | |
| 336 | 4776 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4777 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4778 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4779 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4780 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4781 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4782 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4783 } | |
| 4784 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4785 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4786 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4787 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4788 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4789 return e; |
| 4790 } | |
| 4791 | |
| 4792 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4793 L1: | |
| 4794 if (!s) | |
| 4795 { | |
| 4796 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4797 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4798 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4799 { | |
| 4800 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4801 { | |
| 4802 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4803 return e; | |
| 4804 } | |
| 4805 } | |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4808 { | |
| 4809 Type *t; | |
| 4810 | |
| 4811 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4812 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4813 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4814 { | |
| 4815 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4816 * at compile time. | |
| 4817 */ | |
| 4818 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4819 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4820 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4821 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4822 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4823 } | |
| 4824 else | |
| 4825 { | |
| 4826 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4827 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4828 */ | |
| 4829 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 Type* ct; | |
| 4832 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4833 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4834 } | |
| 4835 else { | |
| 4836 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4837 } | |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4840 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4841 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4842 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4843 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4846 { | |
| 4847 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4848 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4849 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4850 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4851 */ | |
| 4852 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4853 } | |
| 4854 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4855 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4856 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4857 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4858 */ | |
| 4859 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4860 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4861 } | |
| 336 | 4862 } |
| 159 | 4863 |
| 4864 #else | |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4867 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4868 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4869 { | |
| 4870 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4871 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4872 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4873 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4874 */ | |
| 4875 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4876 } | |
| 4877 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4878 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4879 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4880 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4881 */ | |
| 4882 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4883 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4884 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4885 } | |
| 4886 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4887 } |
| 4888 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4889 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4890 |
| 4891 return e; | |
| 4892 } | |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4895 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4896 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4897 */ | |
| 4898 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4899 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4900 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4901 return e; | |
| 4902 } | |
| 4903 | |
| 4904 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4905 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4906 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4907 */ | |
| 4908 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4909 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4910 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4911 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4912 return e; |
| 4913 } | |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4916 { | |
| 4917 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4918 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4919 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4920 } | |
| 4921 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4922 { | |
| 4923 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4924 } | |
| 4925 else | |
| 4926 { | |
| 4927 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4928 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4929 } | |
| 4930 } | |
| 336 | 4931 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4932 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4933 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4934 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
4935 if (v && v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4936 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 if (ei) | |
| 4939 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4940 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4941 return e; | |
| 4942 } | |
| 4943 } | |
| 4944 | |
| 4945 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4946 { | |
| 4947 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4948 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4949 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4950 } | |
| 4951 | |
| 4952 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4953 if (em) | |
| 4954 { | |
| 4955 assert(em->value); | |
| 4956 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4957 } | |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4960 if (tm) | |
| 4961 { Expression *de; | |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4964 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4965 return de; | |
| 4966 } | |
| 4967 | |
| 4968 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4969 if (td) | |
| 4970 { | |
| 4971 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4972 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4973 return e; | |
| 4974 } | |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4977 if (ti) | |
| 4978 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4979 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4980 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4981 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4982 goto L1; | |
| 4983 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4984 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4985 return de; | |
| 4986 } | |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 4989 if (!d) | |
| 4990 { | |
| 4991 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4992 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 4993 } | |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4996 { | |
| 4997 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !d->isFuncDeclaration())) | |
| 5000 { | |
| 5001 if (sc->func) | |
| 5002 { | |
| 5003 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 5004 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 if (thiscd) | |
| 5007 { | |
| 5008 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 5011 { | |
| 5012 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 5013 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 5014 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5015 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5016 return e; | |
| 5017 } | |
| 5018 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 5019 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 5020 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 5021 } | |
| 5022 } | |
| 5023 | |
| 5024 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 5025 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5026 return e; | |
| 5027 } | |
| 5028 else if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 5029 { | |
| 5030 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 5031 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 5032 return e; | |
| 5033 } | |
| 5034 else | |
| 5035 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5036 return ve; | |
| 5037 } | |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 5040 { | |
| 5041 // (e, d) | |
| 5042 VarExp *ve; | |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 5045 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5046 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 5047 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5048 return e; | |
| 5049 } | |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 5052 { | |
| 5053 // (e, d) | |
| 5054 VarExp *ve; | |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5057 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 5058 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5059 return e; | |
| 5060 } | |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5063 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5064 } | |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 5067 { | |
| 5068 return sym; | |
| 5069 } | |
| 5070 | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5071 int TypeClass::isscope() |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5072 { |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5073 return sym->isscope; |
| 159 | 5074 } |
| 5075 | |
| 5076 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 5077 { | |
| 5078 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 5079 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5082 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5083 return 1; | |
| 5084 } | |
| 5085 return 0; | |
| 5086 } | |
| 5087 | |
| 5088 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5089 { | |
| 5090 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5091 if (this == to) | |
| 5092 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5093 | |
| 5094 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5095 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5096 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5097 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5098 } | |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5101 { | |
| 5102 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5103 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5104 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5105 } | |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5108 } | |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5111 { | |
| 5112 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5113 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5114 #endif | |
| 5115 Expression *e; | |
| 5116 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 5117 e->type = this; | |
| 5118 return e; | |
| 5119 } | |
| 5120 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
5121 int TypeClass::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 5122 { |
| 5123 return 1; | |
| 5124 } | |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5127 { | |
| 5128 return TRUE; | |
| 5129 } | |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5132 { | |
| 5133 return TRUE; | |
| 5134 } | |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5139 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5140 { | |
| 5141 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5142 this->arguments = arguments; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5143 //printf("TypeTuple() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5144 #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5145 if (arguments) | |
| 5146 { | |
| 5147 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5148 { | |
| 5149 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5150 assert(arg && arg->type); | |
| 5151 } | |
| 5152 } | |
| 5153 #endif | |
| 5154 } | |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 /**************** | |
| 5157 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5158 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5159 */ | |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5162 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5163 { | |
| 5164 Arguments *arguments = new Arguments; | |
| 5165 if (exps) | |
| 5166 { | |
| 5167 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5168 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5169 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5170 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5171 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
| 5172 Argument *arg = new Argument(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5173 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5174 } | |
| 5175 } | |
| 5176 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5177 } | |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5180 { | |
| 5181 Arguments *args = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); | |
| 5182 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5183 return t; | |
| 5184 } | |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5187 { | |
| 5188 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5189 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5190 if (!deco) |
| 5191 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5194 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5195 */ | |
| 5196 return this; | |
| 5197 } | |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5200 { Type *t; | |
| 5201 | |
| 5202 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5203 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5204 if (this == t) | |
| 5205 { | |
| 5206 return 1; | |
| 5207 } | |
| 5208 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5209 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5212 { | |
| 5213 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5214 { Argument *arg1 = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5215 Argument *arg2 = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5218 return 0; | |
| 5219 } | |
| 5220 return 1; | |
| 5221 } | |
| 5222 } | |
| 5223 return 0; | |
| 5224 } | |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5227 { | |
| 5228 if (arguments) | |
| 5229 { | |
| 5230 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5231 { | |
| 5232 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5233 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 5234 if (t) | |
| 5235 return t; | |
| 5236 } | |
| 5237 } | |
| 5238 return NULL; | |
| 5239 } | |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5242 { | |
| 5243 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); | |
| 5244 } | |
| 5245 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5246 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5247 { |
| 5248 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5249 OutBuffer buf2; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5250 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments, mangle); |
| 159 | 5251 unsigned len = buf2.offset; |
| 5252 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5253 } | |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5256 { Expression *e; | |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5259 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5260 #endif | |
| 5261 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5262 { | |
| 5263 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5264 } | |
| 5265 else | |
| 5266 { | |
| 5267 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5268 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5269 } | |
| 5270 return e; | |
| 5271 } | |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5278 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5279 { | |
| 5280 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5281 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5282 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5283 } | |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5286 { | |
| 5287 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5288 return t; | |
| 5289 } | |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5292 { | |
| 5293 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5294 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5295 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5298 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5299 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5300 return Type::terror; | |
| 5301 } | |
| 5302 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5305 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5306 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5309 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5310 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5313 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5314 return Type::terror; |
| 5315 } | |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 Arguments *args = new Arguments; | |
| 5318 args->reserve(i2 - i1); | |
| 5319 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
| 5320 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5321 args->push(arg); | |
| 5322 } | |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5325 } | |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5328 { | |
| 5329 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5330 if (*pe) | |
| 5331 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5332 Expression *e; | |
| 5333 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5334 *pe = e; | |
| 5335 } | |
| 5336 else if (*ps) | |
| 5337 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5338 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5339 if (td) | |
| 5340 { | |
| 5341 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5342 */ | |
| 5343 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5344 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5345 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5348 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5349 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5352 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5353 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5354 | |
| 5355 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5358 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5359 goto Ldefault; |
| 5360 } | |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5363 { | |
| 5364 *ps = td; | |
| 5365 return; | |
| 5366 } | |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5369 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5370 */ | |
| 5371 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5372 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5373 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5374 { | |
| 5375 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5376 } | |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5379 *ps = tds; | |
| 5380 } | |
| 5381 else | |
| 5382 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5383 } | |
| 5384 else | |
| 5385 { | |
| 5386 Ldefault: | |
| 5387 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5388 } | |
| 5389 } | |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5392 { | |
| 5393 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5394 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5395 return; | |
| 5396 } | |
| 5397 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5400 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5401 } | |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 /***************************** Argument *****************************/ | |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 Argument::Argument(unsigned storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) | |
| 5406 { | |
| 5407 this->type = type; | |
| 5408 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5409 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5410 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
| 5411 } | |
| 5412 | |
| 5413 Argument *Argument::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5414 { | |
| 5415 Argument *a = new Argument(storageClass, | |
| 5416 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, | |
| 5417 ident, | |
| 5418 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
| 5419 return a; | |
| 5420 } | |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 Arguments *Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(Arguments *args) | |
| 5423 { Arguments *a = NULL; | |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 if (args) | |
| 5426 { | |
| 5427 a = new Arguments(); | |
| 5428 a->setDim(args->dim); | |
| 5429 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
| 5430 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5433 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5434 } | |
| 5435 } | |
| 5436 return a; | |
| 5437 } | |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 char *Argument::argsTypesToChars(Arguments *args, int varargs) | |
| 5440 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5445 if (args) | |
| 5446 { int i; | |
| 5447 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5448 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5451 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 if (i) | |
| 5454 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5455 arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5456 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5457 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5458 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5459 } | |
| 5460 if (varargs) | |
| 5461 { | |
| 5462 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5463 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5464 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5465 } | |
| 5466 } | |
| 5467 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5470 } | |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 void Argument::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Arguments *arguments, int varargs) | |
| 5473 { | |
| 5474 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5475 if (arguments) | |
| 5476 { int i; | |
| 5477 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5480 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 if (i) | |
| 5483 buf->writestring(", "); | |
| 5484 arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5485 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) | |
| 5486 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5487 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5488 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5489 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5490 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5491 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5492 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5493 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5494 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5495 { | |
| 5496 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5497 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5498 } | |
| 5499 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5500 } | |
| 5501 if (varargs) | |
| 5502 { | |
| 5503 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5504 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5505 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5506 } | |
| 5507 } | |
| 5508 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5509 } | |
| 5510 | |
| 5511 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5512 void Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Arguments *arguments, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5513 { |
| 5514 //printf("Argument::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); | |
| 5515 | |
| 5516 // Write argument types | |
| 5517 if (arguments) | |
| 5518 { | |
| 5519 size_t dim = Argument::dim(arguments); | |
| 5520 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 5521 { | |
| 5522 Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(arguments, i); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5523 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5524 } |
| 5525 } | |
| 5526 } | |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 /**************************************************** | |
| 5529 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5530 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5531 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5532 */ | |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 Type *Argument::isLazyArray() | |
| 5535 { | |
| 5536 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5537 { | |
| 5538 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5539 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5540 { | |
| 5541 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5542 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5543 { | |
| 5544 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5545 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 5548 { | |
| 5549 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5550 } | |
| 5551 } | |
| 5552 } | |
| 5553 } | |
| 5554 return NULL; | |
| 5555 } | |
| 5556 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5557 void Argument::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5558 { |
| 5559 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5560 { case 0: | |
| 5561 case STCin: | |
| 5562 break; | |
| 5563 case STCout: | |
| 5564 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5565 break; | |
| 5566 case STCref: | |
| 5567 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5568 break; | |
| 5569 case STClazy: | |
| 5570 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5571 break; | |
| 5572 default: | |
| 5573 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5574 halt(); | |
| 5575 #endif | |
| 5576 assert(0); | |
| 5577 } | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5578 type->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5579 } |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 /*************************************** | |
| 5582 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5583 */ | |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 size_t Argument::dim(Arguments *args) | |
| 5586 { | |
| 5587 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5588 if (args) | |
| 5589 { | |
| 5590 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5591 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5592 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5593 | |
| 5594 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5595 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5596 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5597 } | |
| 5598 else | |
| 5599 n++; | |
| 5600 } | |
| 5601 } | |
| 5602 return n; | |
| 5603 } | |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 /*************************************** | |
| 5606 * Get nth Argument, folding in tuples. | |
| 5607 * Returns: | |
| 5608 * Argument* nth Argument | |
| 5609 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number | |
| 5610 * of Arguments | |
| 5611 */ | |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 Argument *Argument::getNth(Arguments *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) | |
| 5614 { | |
| 5615 if (!args) | |
| 5616 return NULL; | |
| 5617 | |
| 5618 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5619 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5620 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5621 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5624 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5625 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5626 if (arg) | |
| 5627 return arg; | |
| 5628 } | |
| 5629 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5630 return arg; | |
| 5631 else | |
| 5632 n++; | |
| 5633 } | |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 if (pn) | |
| 5636 *pn += n; | |
| 5637 return NULL; | |
| 5638 } |